blob: 119bbc994d22db4dc544f16544be622d55d5d2eb [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900135 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arc700 Files specific to ARC 700 CPUs
138 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
140 /cpu CPU specific files
141 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
142 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000143 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200144 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
145 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500146 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
147 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500149 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
150 /lib Architecture specific library files
151 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /lib Architecture specific library files
154 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
155 /cpu CPU specific files
156 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500157 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
158 /cpu CPU specific files
159 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
160 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
161 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
162 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
163 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
164 /lib Architecture specific library files
165 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
166 /cpu CPU specific files
167 /lib Architecture specific library files
168 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
169 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200170 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900171 /mips64 Files specific to MIPS64 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500172 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000173 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
176 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500177 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
178 /cpu CPU specific files
179 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400180 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
181 /cpu CPU specific files
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200183 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500184 /cpu CPU specific files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500185 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
186 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
187 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500188 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
189 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
190 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
191 /lib Architecture specific library files
192 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
193 /cpu CPU specific files
194 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
195 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
196 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
197 /lib Architecture specific library files
198 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
199 /cpu CPU specific files
200 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
201 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
202 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400203 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
204 /cpu CPU specific files
205 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500206/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
207/board Board dependent files
208/common Misc architecture independent functions
209/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
210/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
211/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400212/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500213/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
214/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
215/include Header Files
216/lib Files generic to all architectures
217 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
218 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
219 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
220/net Networking code
221/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400222/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500223/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000224
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000225Software Configuration:
226=======================
227
228Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
229rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
230
231There are two classes of configuration variables:
232
233* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
234 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
235 "CONFIG_".
236
237* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
238 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
239 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200240 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000241
242Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
243identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
244do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
245links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
246as an example here.
247
248
249Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
250---------------------------------------------------
251
252For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200253configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000254
255Example: For a TQM823L module type:
256
257 cd u-boot
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200258 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000259
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200260For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200261e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_defconfig". And also configure the cogent
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000262directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
263
264
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600265Sandbox Environment:
266--------------------
267
268U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
269board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
270specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
271run some of U-Boot's tests.
272
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki6b1978f2014-08-31 21:19:43 +0530273See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600274
275
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700276Board Initialisation Flow:
277--------------------------
278
279This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
280SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules). At present SPL
281mostly uses a separate code path, but the funtion names and roles of each
282function are the same. Some boards or architectures may not conform to this.
283At least most ARM boards which use CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
284
285Execution starts with start.S with three functions called during init after
286that. The purpose and limitations of each is described below.
287
288lowlevel_init():
289 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
290 - no global_data or BSS
291 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
292 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
293 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
294 board_init_f()
295 - this is almost never needed
296 - return normally from this function
297
298board_init_f():
299 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
300 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
301 - global_data is available
302 - stack is in SRAM
303 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
304 only stack variables and global_data
305
306 Non-SPL-specific notes:
307 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
308 can do nothing
309
310 SPL-specific notes:
311 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
312 version as needed.
313 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
314 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
315 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
316 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
317 directly)
318
319Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
320this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
321CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
322memory.
323
324board_init_r():
325 - purpose: main execution, common code
326 - global_data is available
327 - SDRAM is available
328 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
329 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
330
331 Non-SPL-specific notes:
332 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
333 there.
334
335 SPL-specific notes:
336 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
337 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
338 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
339 done by defining CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
340 spl_board_init() function containing this call
341 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
342
343
344
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000345Configuration Options:
346----------------------
347
348Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
349such information is kept in a configuration file
350"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
351
352Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
353"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
354
355
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000356Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
357kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
358build a config tool - later.
359
360
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000361The following options need to be configured:
362
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500363- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000364
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500365- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200366
367- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100368 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000369
370- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
371 Define exactly one of
372 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
373--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
374 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
375 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
376
377- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
378 Define exactly one of
379 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
380
381- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
382 Define one or more of
383 CONFIG_CMA302
384
385- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
386 Define one or more of
387 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200388 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000389 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
390
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530391- Marvell Family Member
392 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
393 multiple fs option at one time
394 for marvell soc family
395
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200396- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000397 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
398 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000399 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
400 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000401 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
402 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000403
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000404- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200405 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
406 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000407 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000408 See doc/README.MPC866
409
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200410 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000411
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000412 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
413 of relying on the correctness of the configured
414 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
415 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
416 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200417 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000418
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100419 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
420
421 Define this option if you want to enable the
422 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
423
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600424- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000425 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
426
427 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
428 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
429 compliance, among other possible reasons.
430
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600431 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
432
433 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
434 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
435 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
436
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500437 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
438
439 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
440 tree nodes for the given platform.
441
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000442 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
443
444 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
445 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
446 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
447 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
448 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
449 purpose.
450
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000451 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
452
453 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
454 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
455 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
456
457 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
458 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
459
460 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
461 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
462
463 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
464 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
465 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
466 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
467
468 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
469 this erratum.
470
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530471 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
472 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800473 required during NOR boot.
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530474
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530475 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
476 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800477 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530478
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000479 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
480
481 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
482 according to the A004510 workaround.
483
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
485 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
486 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
487
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530488 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
489 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
490 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
491
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530492 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
493 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
494 connected to the DSP core.
495
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530496 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
497 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
498
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530499 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
500 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
501 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
502 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
503
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530504 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
505 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
506 time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
507
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800508 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800509 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800510 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
511
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000512- Generic CPU options:
York Sun2a1680e2014-05-02 17:28:04 -0700513 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
514 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
515 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
516 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
517 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
518
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000519 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
520
521 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
522 values is arch specific.
523
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700524 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
525 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
526 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
527 SoCs.
528
529 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
530 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
531
532 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
533 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
534 deskew training are not available.
535
536 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
537 Freescale DDR1 controller.
538
539 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
540 Freescale DDR2 controller.
541
542 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
543 Freescale DDR3 controller.
544
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700545 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
546 Freescale DDR4 controller.
547
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700548 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
549 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
550
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700551 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
552 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
553 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
554 implemetation.
555
556 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
557 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
558 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
559 implementation.
560
561 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
562 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700563 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
564
565 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
566 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
567 DDR3L controllers.
568
569 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
570 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
571 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700572
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530573 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
574 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
575
576 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
577 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
578
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530579 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
580 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
581 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
582
583 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
584 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
585 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
586 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
587
Prabhakar Kushwaha89ad7be2014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530588 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
589 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
590 concatenated with u-boot binary.
591
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800592 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
593 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
594
595 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
596 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
597
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800598 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
599 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
600 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
601 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
602
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800603 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
604 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
605 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
606 SoCs with ARM core.
607
York Sun1d71efb2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700608 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
609 Number of controllers used as main memory.
610
611 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
612 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
613
Ruchika Gupta028dbb82014-09-09 11:50:31 +0530614 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
615 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
616
617 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
618 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
619
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100620- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200621 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100622
623 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
624 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
625 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
626
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200627 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200628
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100629 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
630 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200631 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100632 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200633
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200634- MIPS CPU options:
635 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
636
637 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
638 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
639 relocation.
640
641 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
642
643 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
644 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
645 Possible values are:
646 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
647 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
648 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
649 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
650 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
651 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
652 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
653 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
654
655 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
656
657 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
658 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
659
660 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
661
662 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
663 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
664 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
665
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000666- ARM options:
667 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
668
669 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
670 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
671
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000672 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
673
674 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
675 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
676 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
677 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
678 GCC.
679
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000680 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000681 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
682 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
683 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
Nitin Gargf71cbfe2014-04-02 08:55:01 -0500684 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
Nitin Gargb7588e32014-04-02 08:55:02 -0500685 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000686
687 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
688 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
689 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
690 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
691 set these options unless they apply!
692
York Sun207774b2015-03-20 19:28:08 -0700693 COUNTER_FREQUENCY
694 Generic timer clock source frequency.
695
696 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
697 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is
698 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined
699 at run time.
700
Nishanth Menonc616a0d2015-03-09 17:11:59 -0500701 NOTE: The following can be machine specific errata. These
702 do have ability to provide rudimentary version and machine
703 specific checks, but expect no product checks.
Nishanth Menon5902f4c2015-03-09 17:12:01 -0500704 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_430973
Nishanth Menonb45c48a2015-03-09 17:12:00 -0500705 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_454179
Nishanth Menon9b4d65f2015-03-09 17:12:02 -0500706 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_621766
Nishanth Menonc616a0d2015-03-09 17:11:59 -0500707 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_798870
708
Stephen Warren73c38932015-01-19 16:25:52 -0700709- Tegra SoC options:
710 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
711
712 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
713 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
714 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
715
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000716- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000717 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
718
719 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
720 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
721 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
722 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
723 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
724 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
725 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000726 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100727 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000728 default environment.
729
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000730 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
731
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800732 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000733 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
734 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
735
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400736 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200737
738 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400739 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
740 concepts).
741
742 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
743 * New libfdt-based support
744 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500745 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400746
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200747 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
748 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
749 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
750 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200751 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600752 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200753
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200754 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
755 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500756
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600757 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
758
759 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
760 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000761
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -0600762 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
763
764 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
765 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
766 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
767 the kernel.
768
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500769 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
770
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200771 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500772 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
773
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200774 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
775
776 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
777 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
778 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
779 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
780 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
781 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
782
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000783 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
784
785 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
786 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
787 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
788 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
789 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
790 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
791 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
792
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100793- vxWorks boot parameters:
794
795 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
796 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
797 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
798
799 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
800 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
801 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
802 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
803
804 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
805
806 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
807
808 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
809 the defaults discussed just above.
810
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000811- Cache Configuration:
812 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
813 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
814 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
815
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000816- Cache Configuration for ARM:
817 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
818 controller
819 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
820 controller register space
821
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000822- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200823 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000824
825 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
826
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200827 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000828
829 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
830
831 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
832
833 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
834 the clock speed of the UARTs.
835
836 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
837
838 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
839 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
840 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
841
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000842 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
843
844 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
845 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
846 this variable to initialize the extra register.
847
848 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
849
850 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
851 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
852 variable to flush the UART at init time.
853
Karicheri, Muralidharand57dee52014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400854 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
855
856 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
857 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000858
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000859- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000860 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
861 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
862 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
863 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000864
865 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
866 port routines must be defined elsewhere
867 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
868
869 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
870 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000871 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000872 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
873 (default big endian)
874 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
875 rectangle fill
876 (cf. smiLynxEM)
877 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
878 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
879 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
880 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000881 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
882 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000883 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
884 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000885 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000886 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
887 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
888 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
889 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
890 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
891 (i.e. i8042_getc)
892 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
893 (requires blink timer
894 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200895 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000896 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
897 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500898 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000899 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
900 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000901 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
902 linux_logo.h for logo.
903 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000904 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200905 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000906 the logo
907
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000908 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
909 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
910 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
911
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000912 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
913 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
914 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000915
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000916 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
917 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
918 the "silent" environment variable. See
919 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000920
Heiko Schocher45ae2542013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200921 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
922 is 0x00.
923 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
924 is 0xa0.
925
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000926- Console Baudrate:
927 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
928 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200929 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
930 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000931
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100932- Console Rx buffer length
933 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
934 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100935 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100936 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
937 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
938 the SMC.
939
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000940- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200941 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
942 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
943 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
944 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
945 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
946 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
947 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200948 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200949 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000950
Hans de Goedea8552c72015-05-05 13:13:36 +0200951 Note that when printing the buffer a copy is made on the
952 stack so CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ must fit on the stack.
953
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200954 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
955 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000956
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000957- Safe printf() functions
958 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
959 the printf() functions. These are defined in
960 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
961 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
962 If this option is not given then these functions will
963 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
964 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
965
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000966- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
967 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
968 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000969 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
970 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000971
972 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
973 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
974 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
975 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
976 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
977 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
978 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
979 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
980 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
981 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
982 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
983 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
984
985- Autoboot Command:
986 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
987 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
988 define a command string that is automatically executed
989 when no character is read on the console interface
990 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
991
992 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000993 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
994 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
995 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000996
997 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000998 The value of these goes into the environment as
999 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
1000 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001001 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001002
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +01001003- Bootcount:
1004 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
1005 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
1006 cycle, see:
1007 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
1008
1009 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
1010 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
1011 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
1012 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
1013 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
1014 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
1015 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
1016 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
1017 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
1018
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001019- Pre-Boot Commands:
1020 CONFIG_PREBOOT
1021
1022 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
1023 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
1024 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
1025 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
1026 entering interactive mode.
1027
1028 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
1029 automatically generated or modified. For an example
1030 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
1031 modified when the user holds down a certain
1032 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
1033 booting the systems
1034
1035- Serial Download Echo Mode:
1036 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
1037 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
1038 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
1039 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
1040 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
1041 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
1042 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
1043
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001044- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001045 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
1046 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001047 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001048
1049- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001050 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
1051 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +00001052 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
1053 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001054 and augmenting with additional #define's
1055 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001056
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001057 The default command configuration includes all commands
1058 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001059
Marek Vasutb401b732014-03-05 19:58:39 +01001060 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001061 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001062 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
1063 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
1064 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
1065 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
1066 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
Tom Rinid2b2ffe2014-08-14 06:42:36 -04001067 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001068 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simek08d0d6f2013-11-21 13:39:02 -08001069 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001070 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -05001071 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001072 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
1073 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
1074 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -06001075 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
1076 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
1077 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
1078 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001079 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
1080 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -05001081 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001082 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
1083 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -06001084 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -06001085 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -05001086 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001087 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +00001088 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
1089 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren16f4d932014-01-24 20:46:37 -07001090 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
1091 that work for multiple fs types
Christian Gmeiner59e890e2014-11-12 14:35:04 +01001092 CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID * Look up a filesystem UUID
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -05001093 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001094 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +00001095 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001096 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
1097 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001098 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +00001099 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -05001100 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +00001101 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00001102 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001103 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
1104 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
1105 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
1106 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +00001107 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001108 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001109 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001110 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001111 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +00001112 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001113 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
1114 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
1115 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
1116 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001117 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001118 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
1119 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001120 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
1121 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001122 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001123 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +00001124 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001125 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +00001126 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001127 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001128 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
1129 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
1130 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +01001131 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001132 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
1133 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001134 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001135 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001136 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001137 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
1138 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
1139 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
1140 host
1141 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +00001142 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001143 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
1144 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +00001145 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001146 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
1147 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
1148 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1149 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1150 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1151 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07001152 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001153 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001154 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +08001155 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02001156 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001157 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +00001158 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00001159 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +00001160 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1161 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001162 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001163 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +00001164 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001165 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak89c82302014-04-02 10:20:05 +02001166 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001167
1168 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1169 support you can write:
1170
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001171 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1172 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001173
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -04001174 Other Commands:
1175 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001176
1177 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001178 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001179 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1180 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1181 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1182 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1183 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1184 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001185
1186
1187 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1188
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001189- Regular expression support:
1190 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001191 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1192 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1193 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1194 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001195
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001196- Device tree:
1197 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1198 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1199 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1200 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1201 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1202 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1203
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001204 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1205 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001206
1207 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1208 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1209 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1210 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1211 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1212 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001213
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001214 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1215 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1216 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1217 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1218
1219 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1220
1221 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1222 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1223 still use the individual files if you need something more
1224 exotic.
1225
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001226- Watchdog:
1227 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1228 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001229 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1230 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1231 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1232 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1233 available, then no further board specific code should
1234 be needed to use it.
1235
1236 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1237 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1238 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1239 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001240
Heiko Schocher7bae0d62015-01-21 08:38:22 +01001241 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT
1242 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds.
1243
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001244- U-Boot Version:
1245 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1246 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1247 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1248 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001249 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1250 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001251
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001252- Real-Time Clock:
1253
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001254 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001255 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1256 following options:
1257
1258 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1259 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001260 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001261 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001262 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001263 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001264 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel412921d2014-07-21 11:06:16 +02001265 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001266 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001267 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001268 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001269 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001270 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1271 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001272
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001273 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1274 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1275
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001276- GPIO Support:
1277 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001278
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001279 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1280 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1281 pins supported by a particular chip.
1282
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001283 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1284 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1285
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001286- I/O tracing:
1287 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
1288 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
1289 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
1290 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
1291 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
1292 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
1293 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
1294 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
1295
1296 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
1297 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
1298 still continue to operate.
1299
1300 iotrace is enabled
1301 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
1302 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
1303 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
1304 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
1305 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
1306 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
1307
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001308- Timestamp Support:
1309
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001310 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1311 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1312 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001313 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001314
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001315- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1316 Zero or more of the following:
1317 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1318 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1319 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1320 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1321 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1322 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1323 disk/part_efi.c
1324 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001325
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001326 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1327 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001328 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001329
1330- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001331 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1332 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001333
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001334 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1335 be performed by calling the function
1336 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1337 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001338
1339- ATAPI Support:
1340 CONFIG_ATAPI
1341
1342 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1343
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001344- LBA48 Support
1345 CONFIG_LBA48
1346
1347 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001348 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001349 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1350 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1351
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001352 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001353 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1354 Default is 32bit.
1355
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001356- SCSI Support:
1357 At the moment only there is only support for the
1358 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1359 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1360
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001361 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1362 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1363 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001364 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1365 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001366 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001367
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001368 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1369 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001370
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001371- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001372 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001373 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1374
1375 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1376 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1377 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1378 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1379
1380 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1381 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1382 example with the "sspi" command.
1383
1384 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1385 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1386 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001387
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001388 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001389 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001390
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001391 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1392 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001393 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001394 write routine for first time initialisation.
1395
1396 CONFIG_TULIP
1397 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1398 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1399 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1400
1401 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1402 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1403
1404 CONFIG_NS8382X
1405 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1406
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001407- NETWORK Support (other):
1408
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001409 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1410 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1411
1412 CONFIG_RMII
1413 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1414
1415 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1416 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1417 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1418
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001419 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1420 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1421
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001422 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001423 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1424
1425 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1426 Define this to hold the physical address
1427 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1428
1429 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1430 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1431
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001432 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001433 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1434
1435 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1436 Define this to hold the physical address
1437 of the device (I/O space)
1438
1439 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1440 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1441
1442 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1443 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1444 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1445
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001446 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1447 Support for davinci emac
1448
1449 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1450 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1451
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001452 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1453 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1454
1455 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1456 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1457 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1458 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1459 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1460 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1461 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1462 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1463
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001464 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001465 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1466
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001467 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001468 Define this to hold the physical address
1469 of the device (I/O space)
1470
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001471 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001472 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1473
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001474 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001475 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1476 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001477 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001478
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001479 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1480 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1481
1482 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1483 Define the number of ports to be used
1484
1485 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1486 Define the ETH PHY's address
1487
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001488 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1489 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1490
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001491- PWM Support:
1492 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
1493 Support for PWM modul on the imx6.
1494
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001495- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001496 CONFIG_TPM
1497 Support TPM devices.
1498
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001499 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1500 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1501 per system is supported at this time.
1502
1503 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1504 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1505
1506 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1507 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1508
1509 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1510 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1511
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001512 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1513 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1514
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001515 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001516 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1517 per system is supported at this time.
1518
1519 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1520 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1521 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1522 0xfed40000.
1523
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001524 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1525 Add tpm monitor functions.
1526 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1527 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1528
1529 CONFIG_TPM
1530 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1531 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1532 Requires support for a TPM device.
1533
1534 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1535 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1536 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1537
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001538- USB Support:
1539 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001540 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001541 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1542 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001543 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001544 storage devices.
1545 Note:
1546 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1547 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001548 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1549 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1550 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001551 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1552 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001553 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1554 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1555 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001556 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1557 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001558 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001559 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1560 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001561
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001562 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1563 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1564
Oleksandr Tymoshenko6e9e0622014-02-01 21:51:25 -07001565 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1566 HW module registers.
1567
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001568- USB Device:
1569 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1570 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1571 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001572 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001573 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1574 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001575 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001576 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1577 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1578 a Linux host by
1579 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1580 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1581 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1582 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001583
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001584 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1585 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001586
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001587 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1588 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1589 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001590
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301591 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1592 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1593 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1594 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1595 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1596 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1597 speed.
1598
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001599 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001600 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1601 be set to usbtty.
1602
1603 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001604 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001605 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001606 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001607
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001608 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001609 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001610 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001611
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001612 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001613 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001614 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001615 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1616 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1617 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1618
1619 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1620 Define this string as the name of your company for
1621 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001622
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001623 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1624 Define this string as the name of your product
1625 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1626
1627 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1628 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1629 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1630 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1631 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001632
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001633 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1634 Define this as the unique Product ID
1635 for your device
1636 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001637
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001638- ULPI Layer Support:
1639 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1640 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1641 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1642 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1643 viewport is supported.
1644 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1645 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001646 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1647 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1648 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001649
1650- MMC Support:
1651 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1652 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1653 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1654 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001655 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1656 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001657
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001658 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1659 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1660
1661 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1662 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1663
1664 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1665 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1666
Pierre Aubert1fd93c62014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001667 CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC
1668 Enable the generic MMC driver
1669
1670 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1671 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1672
1673 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1674 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1675 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1676
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001677- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1678 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1679 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1680
1681 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1682 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1683 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1684 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1685 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1686
1687 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1688 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1689
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001690 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1691 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1692
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301693 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1694 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1695 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1696 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1697 one that would help mostly the developer.
1698
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001699 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1700 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1701 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1702 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1703 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1704
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001705 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1706 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1707 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1708 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1709 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1710 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1711
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001712 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1713 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1714 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1715 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1716
1717 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1718 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1719 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1720 sending again an USB request to the device.
1721
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001722- USB Device Android Fastboot support:
1723 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1724 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1725 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1726 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1727 used on Android devices.
1728 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1729
1730 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1731 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1732 image format header.
1733
1734 CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
1735 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1736 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1737 downloaded images.
1738
1739 CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
1740 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1741 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1742 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
1743
Steve Raed1b5ed02014-08-26 11:47:28 -07001744 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH
1745 The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing
1746 the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define
1747 this to enable the "fastboot flash" command.
1748
1749 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV
1750 The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information
1751 regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to
1752 the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image.
1753
Steve Rae0ff7e582014-12-12 15:51:54 -08001754 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME
1755 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1756 image to the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID Partition
1757 Table. (Additionally, this downloaded image is post-processed
1758 to generate and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.)
1759 This occurs when the specified "partition name" on the
1760 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
1761 Default is GPT_ENTRY_NAME (currently "gpt") if undefined.
1762
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001763- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1764 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1765 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1766 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1767
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001768 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1769 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001770 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1771
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001772 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001773 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1774 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1775
1776 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001777 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001778 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1779 have not defined a custom partition
1780
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001781- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1782 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001783
1784 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1785 file in FAT formatted partition.
1786
1787 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1788 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001789
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001790CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1791 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1792
1793 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1794 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1795 and cbfsload.
1796
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu4f0d1a22014-05-26 19:18:37 +05301797- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size:
1798 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE
1799
1800 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else
1801 a default value of 65536 will be defined.
1802
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001803- Keyboard Support:
1804 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1805
1806 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1807 support
1808
1809 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1810 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1811 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1812 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1813 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1814
Hung-ying Tyan713cb682013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001815 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1816 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1817 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1818 which provides key scans on request.
1819
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001820- Video support:
1821 CONFIG_VIDEO
1822
1823 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1824 video).
1825
1826 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1827
1828 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1829
1830 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001831 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001832 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1833 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1834 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001835
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001836 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001837 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001838 are possible:
1839 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001840 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001841
1842 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1843 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1844 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1845 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1846 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1847 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1848 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001849 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1850
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001851 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001852 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001853
1854
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001855 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001856 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001857 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1858 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1859
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001860 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001861 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001862 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1863 support, and should also define these other macros:
1864
1865 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1866 CONFIG_VIDEO
1867 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1868 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1869 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1870 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1871 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1872 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1873
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001874 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1875 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1876 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1877 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001878
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001879
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001880- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001881 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001882
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001883 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1884 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1885 defined in your board-specific files.
1886 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001887
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001888- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1889
1890 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1891 display); also select one of the supported displays
1892 by defining one of these:
1893
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001894 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1895
1896 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1897
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001898 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001899
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001900 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001901
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001902 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001903
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001904 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1905 Active, color, single scan.
1906
1907 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1908
1909 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001910 Active, color, single scan.
1911
1912 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1913
1914 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1915 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1916
1917 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1918
1919 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1920 Active, color, single scan.
1921
1922 CONFIG_HLD1045
1923
1924 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1925 Active, color, single scan.
1926
1927 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1928
1929 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1930 or
1931 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1932 or
1933 Hitachi SP14Q002
1934
1935 320x240. Black & white.
1936
1937 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001938 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001939
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001940 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1941
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001942 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001943 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1944 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1945 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1946 a per-section basis.
1947
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001948 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1949
1950 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1951 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1952 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1953 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001954
Hannes Petermaier604c7d42015-03-27 08:01:38 +01001955 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION
1956
1957 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait
1958 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree,
1959 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the
1960 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are
1961 printed out.
1962 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be
1963 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of
1964 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code.
1965 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to
1966 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline):
1967 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree
1968 1 = 90 degree rotation
1969 2 = 180 degree rotation
1970 3 = 270 degree rotation
1971
1972 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be
1973 initialized with 0degree rotation.
1974
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001975 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1976
1977 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1978
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001979 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1980
1981 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1982 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1983
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001984- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001985
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001986 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1987 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1988 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001989 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001990 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1991 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1992 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1993 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001994
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001995 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1996
1997 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1998 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Tom Rini1551df32014-02-25 10:27:01 -05001999 (see README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00002000 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
2001 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
2002 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
2003 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
2004 there is no need to set this option.
2005
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02002006 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
2007
2008 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
2009 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
2010 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
2011 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
2012 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
2013 specify 'm' for centering the image.
2014
2015 Example:
2016 setenv splashpos m,m
2017 => image at center of screen
2018
2019 setenv splashpos 30,20
2020 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
2021
2022 setenv splashpos -10,m
2023 => vertically centered image
2024 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
2025
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02002026- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
2027
2028 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
2029 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
2030 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
2031
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01002032- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
2033
2034 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
2035 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
2036 bmp command.
2037
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002038- Do compressing for memory range:
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00002039 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
2040
2041 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
2042 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
2043
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00002044- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07002045 CONFIG_GZIP
2046
2047 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
2048
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00002049 CONFIG_BZIP2
2050
2051 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
2052 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
2053 compressed images are supported.
2054
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002055 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002056 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002057 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00002058
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02002059 CONFIG_LZMA
2060
2061 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
2062 images is included.
2063
2064 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
2065 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
2066 formula:
2067
2068 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
2069
2070 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
2071 and Literal pos bits.
2072
2073 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
2074 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
2075 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
2076 a very small buffer.
2077
2078 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
2079 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002080 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02002081
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07002082 CONFIG_LZO
2083
2084 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
2085 is included.
2086
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002087- MII/PHY support:
2088 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
2089
2090 The address of PHY on MII bus.
2091
2092 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
2093
2094 The clock frequency of the MII bus
2095
2096 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
2097
2098 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002099 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002100
2101 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
2102
2103 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2104 reset before any MII register access is possible.
2105 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
2106 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
2107
2108 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
2109
2110 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2111 command issued before MII status register can be read
2112
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002113- IP address:
2114 CONFIG_IPADDR
2115
2116 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002117 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002118 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002119 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002120
2121- Server IP address:
2122 CONFIG_SERVERIP
2123
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002124 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002125 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002126 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002127
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04002128 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
2129
2130 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
2131 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
2132
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002133- Gateway IP address:
2134 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
2135
2136 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
2137 default router where packets to other networks are
2138 sent to.
2139 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
2140
2141- Subnet mask:
2142 CONFIG_NETMASK
2143
2144 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
2145 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
2146 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
2147 forwarded through a router.
2148 (Environment variable "netmask")
2149
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002150- Multicast TFTP Mode:
2151 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
2152
2153 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
2154 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002155 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002156 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
2157 multicast group.
2158
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002159- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
2160 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
2161
2162 If you have many targets in a network that try to
2163 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
2164 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
2165 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
2166 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
2167 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
2168 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
2169 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02002170 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002171
2172 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
2173 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
2174 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
2175 4th and following
2176 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
2177
Thierry Reding92ac8ac2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02002178 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
2179
2180 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
2181 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
2182 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
2183 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
2184 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
2185 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
2186 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
2187 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
2188 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
2189 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
2190 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
2191 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
2192 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
2193 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
2194 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
2195
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002196- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002197 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
2198 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002199
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002200 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
2201 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
2202 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
2203 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
2204 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
2205 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
2206 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
2207 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
2208 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
2209 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
2210 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
2211 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002212 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002213
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002214 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
2215 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002216
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002217 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
2218 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
2219 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
2220 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
2221 is not available.
2222
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002223 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
2224 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
2225 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
2226 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
2227 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
2228 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
2229 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002230 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002231
2232 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
2233 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
2234 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002235 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002236 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
2237 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002238
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11002239 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
2240
2241 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
2242 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
2243 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
2244 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
2245 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
2246 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
2247 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
2248 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
2249 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
2250 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2251 this delay.
2252
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00002253 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2254 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2255 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2256 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2257 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2258
2259 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2260
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002261 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00002262 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002263
2264 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2265
2266 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2267
2268 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2269 of the device.
2270
2271 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2272
2273 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2274 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002275 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002276
2277 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2278
2279 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2280 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2281
2282 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2283
2284 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2285
2286 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2287
2288 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2289
2290 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2291
2292 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2293
2294 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2295
2296 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2297 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2298
2299 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2300
2301 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2302
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002303- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2304
2305 Several configurations allow to display the current
2306 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2307 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2308 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2309 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2310 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2311 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2312 feature in U-Boot.
2313
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002314 Additional options:
2315
2316 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2317 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2318 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2319 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2320 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2321
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002322 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2323 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2324 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2325 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2326 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2327 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2328
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002329- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2330
2331 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2332 on those systems that support this (optional)
2333 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2334
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002335- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002336
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002337 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2338 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2339 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2340 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2341 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2342 interface.
2343
2344 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002345 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2346 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2347 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2348 for defining speed and slave address
2349 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2350 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2351 for defining speed and slave address
2352 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2353 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2354 for defining speed and slave address
2355 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2356 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2357 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002358
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002359 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2360 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2361 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2362 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2363 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2364 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002365 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002366 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2367 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2368 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2369 second bus.
2370
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002371 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002372 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2373 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2374 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002375
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002376 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2377 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2378 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2379 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2380
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002381 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2382 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2383 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2384 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2385 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2386 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2387 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2388 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002389 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002390 for speed, and 0 for slave.
York Sunf8cb1012015-03-20 10:20:40 -07002391 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
2392 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002393
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002394 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2395 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2396 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2397
2398 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2399 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2400 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2401 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2402 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2403 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2404 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2405 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2406 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2407
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002408 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2409 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2410 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2411
2412 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2413 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2414 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2415 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2416 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2417 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2418 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2419 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2420 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2421 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2422 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2423 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002424 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002425
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002426 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2427 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2428 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2429 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2430 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2431 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2432 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2433 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2434 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2435 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2436 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2437 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2438
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002439 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2440 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2441 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2442 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2443
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302444 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2445 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2446 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2447 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2448 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2449
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002450 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
2451 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
2452 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2453 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
2454 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
2455 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2456 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
2457 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
2458 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
2459 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
2460 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
2461 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
2462 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
2463 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
2464
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002465 additional defines:
2466
2467 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002468 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use. If you
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002469 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2470 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2471 omit this define.
2472
2473 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2474 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2475 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2476 omit this define.
2477
2478 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2479 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2480 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2481 define.
2482
2483 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002484 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002485 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2486 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2487 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2488
2489 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2490 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2491 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2492 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2493 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2494 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2495 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2496 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2497 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2498 }
2499
2500 which defines
2501 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002502 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2503 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2504 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2505 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2506 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002507 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002508 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2509 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002510
2511 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2512
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002513- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002514
2515 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2516 provides the following compelling advantages:
2517
2518 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2519 - approved multibus support
2520 - better i2c mux support
2521
2522 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2523
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002524 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2525 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2526 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002527
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002528 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002529 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002530 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2531 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002532 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002533
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002534 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002535
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002536 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002537 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002538
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002539 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002540 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002541 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002542 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002543
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002544 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002545 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002546 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2547 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2548 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002549
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002550 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2551
2552 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2553 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2554 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2555 commands until the slave device responds.
2556
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002557 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002558
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002559 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002560 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2561 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002562
2563 I2C_INIT
2564
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002565 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002566 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002567
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002568 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002569
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002570 I2C_PORT
2571
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002572 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2573 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2574 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002575
2576 I2C_ACTIVE
2577
2578 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2579 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2580 define can be null.
2581
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002582 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2583
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002584 I2C_TRISTATE
2585
2586 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2587 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2588 define can be null.
2589
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002590 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2591
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002592 I2C_READ
2593
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002594 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2595 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002596
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002597 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2598
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002599 I2C_SDA(bit)
2600
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002601 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2602 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002603
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002604 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002605 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002606 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002607
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002608 I2C_SCL(bit)
2609
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002610 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2611 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002612
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002613 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002614 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002615 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002616
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002617 I2C_DELAY
2618
2619 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2620 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002621 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002622 like:
2623
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002624 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002625
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002626 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2627
2628 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2629 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2630 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2631 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2632
2633 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2634 the generic GPIO functions.
2635
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002636 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002637
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002638 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2639 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2640 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2641 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2642 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2643 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2644 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2645 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002646
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002647 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2648
2649 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2650 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2651 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2652 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2653 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2654 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2655 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2656 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2657
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002658 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2659
2660 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2661 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2662 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2663
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002664 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2665
2666 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002667 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2668 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002669 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2670
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002671 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002672
2673 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002674 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002675 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2676 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002677
2678 e.g.
2679 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002680 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002681
2682 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2683
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002684 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002685 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002686
2687 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2688
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002689 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002690
2691 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2692 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2693
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002694 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002695
2696 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2697 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2698
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002699 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002700
2701 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2702 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2703
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002704 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002705
2706 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2707 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2708 specified DTT device.
2709
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002710 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2711
2712 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2713 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2714 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2715 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2716 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2717 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2718 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002719
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002720- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2721
2722 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2723 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2724 D/As on the SACSng board)
2725
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002726 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2727
2728 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2729 only SH7757 is supported.
2730
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002731 CONFIG_SPI_X
2732
2733 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2734 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2735
2736 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2737
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002738 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2739 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2740 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2741 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2742 defined, the board configuration must define several
2743 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2744 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002745
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002746 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2747
2748 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2749 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2750 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002751 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002752 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2753
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002754 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2755
2756 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002757 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002758
Heiko Schocherf659b572014-07-14 10:22:11 +02002759 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2760 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2761 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2762
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002763- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2764
2765 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2766
2767 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2768
2769 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2770 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2771
2772 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2773
2774 Enables support for FPGA family.
2775 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2776
2777 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002778
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002779 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002780
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu64e809a2014-03-14 16:35:38 +05302781 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
2782
2783 Enable support for fpga loadmk command
2784
Michal Simek67193862014-05-02 13:43:39 +02002785 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP
2786
2787 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream
2788
2789 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP
2790
2791 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream
2792 (Xilinx only)
2793
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002794 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002795
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002796 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002797
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002798 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002799
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002800 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2801 status by the configuration function. This option
2802 will require a board or device specific function to
2803 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002804
2805 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2806
2807 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2808 configuration driver.
2809
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002810 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002811 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2812
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002813 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002814
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002815 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2816 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2817 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2818 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002819
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002820 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002821
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002822 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
2823 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002824 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002825 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002826
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002827 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002828
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002829 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002830 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002831
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002832 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002833
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002834 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002835 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002836
2837- Configuration Management:
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002838 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2839
2840 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2841 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2842 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2843 special image will be automatically built upon calling
2844 make / MAKEALL.
2845
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002846 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2847
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002848 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2849 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002850
2851- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2852
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002853 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2854 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002855 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002856 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2857 protects these variables from casual modification by
2858 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2859 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002860 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002861
2862 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2863 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002864 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002865 these parameters.
2866
Joe Hershberger92ac5202015-05-04 14:55:14 -05002867 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the
2868 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002869 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002870 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2871 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2872 read-only.]
2873
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002874 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2875 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2876 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2877 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2878
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002879- Protected RAM:
2880 CONFIG_PRAM
2881
2882 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2883 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2884 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2885 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2886 this default value by defining an environment
2887 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2888 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2889 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2890 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2891 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2892 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2893 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2894
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002895 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002896 saveenv
2897
2898 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2899 either, which results in a memory region that will
2900 not be affected by reboots.
2901
2902 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2903 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2904 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2905 following board configurations are known to be
2906 "pRAM-clean":
2907
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002908 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2909 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002910 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002911
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002912- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2913 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2914 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2915 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2916 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2917 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2918 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2919
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002920- Error Recovery:
2921 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2922
2923 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2924 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2925 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002926 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002927 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2928 useful during development since you can try to debug
2929 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2930
2931 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2932
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002933 This variable defines the number of retries for
2934 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2935 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2936 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002937
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002938 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2939
2940 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2941
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002942 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2943
2944 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2945 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2946 try longer timeout such as
2947 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2948
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002949- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002950 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002951
2952 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2953
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002954 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002955
2956 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2957 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2958 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2959
2960 Note:
2961
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002962 In the current implementation, the local variables
2963 space and global environment variables space are
2964 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2965 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2966 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2967 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2968 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002969
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002970 Global environment variables are those you use
2971 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2972 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2973 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002974
2975 To store commands and special characters in a
2976 variable, please use double quotation marks
2977 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2978 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2979 symbols.
2980
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002981- Command Line Editing and History:
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002982 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2983
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002984 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002985 command line input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002986
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002987- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002988 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2989
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002990 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2991 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002992 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002993
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002994 For example, place something like this in your
2995 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002996
2997 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2998 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2999 "myvar2=value2\0"
3000
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003001 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
3002 internal format how the environment is stored by the
3003 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
3004 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003005 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003006 You better know what you are doing here.
3007
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003008 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
3009 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003010 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003011 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003012
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00003013 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
3014
3015 Define this in order to add variables describing the
3016 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
3017 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
3018
3019 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
3020
3021 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
3022 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
3023 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
3024 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
3025 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
3026
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00003027 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
3028
3029 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
3030 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
3031 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
3032
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00003033 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
3034
3035 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003036 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00003037 that so that the environment is not available until
3038 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
3039 this is instead controlled by the value of
3040 /config/load-environment.
3041
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003042- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00003043 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
3044
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003045 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
3046 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
3047 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00003048
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07003049- Serial Flash support
3050 CONFIG_CMD_SF
3051
3052 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
3053 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
3054
3055 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
3056 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
3057 commands.
3058
3059 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
3060 to handle the common case when only a single serial
3061 flash is present on the system.
3062
3063 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
3064 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
3065 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
3066 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
3067
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00003068 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
3069
3070 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
3071 test ('sf test').
3072
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki1dcd6d02013-06-19 15:33:58 +05303073 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
3074
3075 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
3076 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
3077
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05303078 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
3079
3080 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
3081 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003082 Currently Xilinx Zynq qspi supports these type of connections.
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05303083
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003084- SystemACE Support:
3085 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
3086
3087 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
3088 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003089 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003090 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003091
3092 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003093 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003094
3095 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
3096 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
3097
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003098- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
3099 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
3100
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003101 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003102 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003103 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003104 number generator is used.
3105
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003106 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
3107 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
3108 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
3109
3110 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003111 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
3112 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
3113 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
3114 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
3115 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
3116 but sometimes that is not allowed.
3117
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00003118- Hashing support:
3119 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
3120
3121 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
3122 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
3123
3124 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
3125
3126 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
3127 size a little.
3128
gaurav rana94e3c8c2015-02-20 12:51:46 +05303129 CONFIG_SHA1 - This option enables support of hashing using SHA1
3130 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
3131 CONFIG_SHA256 - This option enables support of hashing using
3132 SHA256 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
3133 CONFIG_SHA_HW_ACCEL - This option enables hardware acceleration
3134 for SHA1/SHA256 hashing.
3135 This affects the 'hash' command and also the
3136 hash_lookup_algo() function.
3137 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL - This option enables
3138 hardware-acceleration for SHA1/SHA256 progressive hashing.
3139 Data can be streamed in a block at a time and the hashing
3140 is performed in hardware.
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00003141
3142 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
3143 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
3144
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07003145- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
3146 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
3147 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
3148 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
3149
3150 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
3151 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
3152 a boot from specific media.
3153
3154 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
3155 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
3156 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
3157 will set it back to normal. This command currently
3158 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
3159
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003160- Signing support:
3161 CONFIG_RSA
3162
3163 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
Detlev Zundel8bf2aad2014-01-20 16:21:46 +01003164 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003165
Ruchika Guptac937ff62015-01-23 16:01:54 +05303166 The Modular Exponentiation algorithm in RSA is implemented using
3167 driver model. So CONFIG_DM needs to be enabled by default for this
3168 library to function.
3169
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003170 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
Ruchika Guptac937ff62015-01-23 16:01:54 +05303171 option. The software based modular exponentiation is built into
3172 mkimage irrespective of this option.
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003173
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01003174- bootcount support:
3175 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
3176
3177 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
3178 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
3179
3180 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
3181 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
3182 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
3183 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
3184 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
3185 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
3186 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
3187 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
3188 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
3189 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
3190 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
3191 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
3192 the bootcounter.
3193 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003194
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003195- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003196 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
3197
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003198 Defining this option allows to add some board-
3199 specific code (calling a user-provided function
3200 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
3201 the system's boot progress on some display (for
3202 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
3203 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003204
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00003205
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003206Legacy uImage format:
3207
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003208 Arg Where When
3209 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003210 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003211 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003212 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003213 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003214 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003215 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
3216 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
3217 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003218 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003219 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
3220 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
3221 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
3222 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003223 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003224 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003225
3226 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3227 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
3228 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
3229 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
3230 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
3231 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
3232 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003233 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003234 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
3235 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
3236
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003237 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003238
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003239 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00003240 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
3241 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00003242
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003243 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3244 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3245 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3246 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3247 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3248 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3249 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3250 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3251 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3252 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3253 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3254 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3255 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3256 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3257 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3258 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3259 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3260 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3261 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3262 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3263 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3264 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3265 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3266 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3267 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3268 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3269 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3270 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3271 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3272 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3273 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3274 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3275 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3276 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3277 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3278 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3279 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3280 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3281 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3282 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3283 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3284 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3285 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3286 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3287 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3288 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3289 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003290
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003291 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003292
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003293 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003294 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3295 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00003296
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003297 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
Joe Hershbergerbc0571f2015-04-08 01:41:21 -05003298 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop()
3299 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred
3300 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003301 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3302 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003303 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3304 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003305 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003306
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003307FIT uImage format:
3308
3309 Arg Where When
3310 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3311 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3312 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3313 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3314 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3315 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003316 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003317 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3318 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3319 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3320 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3321 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003322 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3323 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003324 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3325 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3326 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3327 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3328 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3329 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3330 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3331 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3332
3333 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3334 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3335 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003336 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003337 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3338 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3339 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3340 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3341 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3342 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3343 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3344 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3345 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3346 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3347 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3348 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3349
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003350 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003351 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3352
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003353 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003354 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3355
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003356 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003357 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3358
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003359- legacy image format:
3360 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3361 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
3362
3363 Default:
3364 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
3365
3366 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
3367 disable the legacy image format
3368
3369 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
3370 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
3371
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003372- FIT image support:
3373 CONFIG_FIT
3374 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3375
3376 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3377 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3378 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3379 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3380 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3381 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3382
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003383 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3384 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
gaurav rana94e3c8c2015-02-20 12:51:46 +05303385 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. If
3386 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL is defined, i.e support for progressive
3387 hashing is available using hardware, RSA library will use it.
3388 See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003389
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003390 WARNING: When relying on signed FIT images with required
3391 signature check the legacy image format is default
3392 disabled. If a board need legacy image format support
3393 enable this through CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3394
Dirk Eibach9a4f4792014-07-03 09:28:26 +02003395 CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256
3396 Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size.
3397 For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled
3398 with this option.
3399
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003400- Standalone program support:
3401 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3402
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003403 This option defines a board specific value for the
3404 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3405 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003406 settings.
3407
3408- Frame Buffer Address:
3409 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3410
3411 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003412 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3413 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3414 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3415 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3416 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3417 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3418 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003419
3420 Please see board_init_f function.
3421
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003422- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3423 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3424 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3425 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3426
3427 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3428 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3429
3430- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3431 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3432
3433 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3434 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3435
3436 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3437
3438 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3439 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3440
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003441- UBI support
3442 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3443
3444 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3445 with the UBI flash translation layer
3446
3447 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3448
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003449 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3450
3451 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3452 warnings and errors enabled.
3453
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003454
3455 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
3456 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
3457 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
3458 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
3459 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
3460 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
3461
3462 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
3463 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
3464 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
3465 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
3466 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
3467
3468 default: 4096
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -06003469
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003470 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
3471 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
3472 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
3473 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
3474 flash), this value is ignored.
3475
3476 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
3477 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
3478 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
3479 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
3480 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
3481 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
3482
3483 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
3484 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
3485 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
3486 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
3487 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
3488 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
3489 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
3490 partition.
3491
3492 default: 20
3493
3494 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
3495 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
3496 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
3497 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
3498 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
3499 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
3500 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
3501 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
3502 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
3503 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
3504 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
3505 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
3506
3507 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
3508 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
3509 without a fastmap.
3510 default: 0
3511
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003512- UBIFS support
3513 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3514
3515 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3516 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3517
3518 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3519
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003520 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3521
3522 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3523 warnings and errors enabled.
3524
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003525- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003526 CONFIG_SPL
3527 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003528
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003529 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3530 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3531
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003532 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3533 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3534 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3535 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003536 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003537 must not be both defined at the same time.
3538
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003539 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003540 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3541 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3542 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3543 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003544
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003545 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3546 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003547
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003548 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3549 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3550 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3551
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003552 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3553 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3554
3555 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003556 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3557 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3558 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003559 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003560 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003561
3562 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3563 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3564
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)8c80eb32015-03-31 11:40:50 +02003565 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
3566 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has
3567 loaded does not have a signature.
3568 Defining this is useful when code which loads images
3569 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors
3570 will be caught.
3571 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will
3572 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad,
3573 and thus should be skipped silently.
3574
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003575 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3576 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3577 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3578 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3579
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003580 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3581 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3582
3583 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3584 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003585
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003586 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3587 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3588 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3589 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3590
Tom Rini9607faf2014-03-28 12:03:39 -04003591 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3592 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3593 See also: doc/README.falcon
3594
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003595 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3596 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3597 about the running system.
3598
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003599 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3600 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3601
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003602 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3603 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003604
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003605 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3606 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003607
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003608 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3609 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003610
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003611 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3612 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003613
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003614 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3615 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003616
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003617 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3618 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01003619 Address and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003620 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3621
Paul Kocialkowskib97300b2014-11-08 23:14:56 +01003622 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
3623 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3624 used in raw mode
3625
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003626 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3627 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3628 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3629
3630 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3631 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3632 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3633 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3634 (for falcon mode)
3635
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01003636 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
3637 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3638 used in fs mode
3639
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003640 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3641 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3642
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003643 CONFIG_SPL_EXT_SUPPORT
3644 Support for EXT filesystem in SPL binary
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003645
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003646 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3647 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
3648
3649 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003650 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003651 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003652
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003653 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003654 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003655 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003656
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003657 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3658 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3659 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3660 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3661 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3662
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05303663 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3664 Avoid SPL relocation
3665
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003666 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3667 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3668 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3669
3670 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3671 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3672
3673 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3674 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3675
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003676 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003677 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3678 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003679
Tom Rini6dd3b562014-03-28 12:03:36 -04003680 CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT
3681 Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for
3682 environment on NAND support within SPL.
3683
Heiko Schocher0c3117b2014-10-31 08:31:00 +01003684 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
3685 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
3686 if you need to save space.
3687
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003688 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3689 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003690 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003691
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003692 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3693 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3694 SPL binary.
3695
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003696 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3697 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3698 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3699 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3700 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3701 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003702 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003703
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303704 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3705 Add support NAND boot
3706
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003707 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003708 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3709
3710 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3711 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3712
3713 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3714 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003715
3716 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003717 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003718
3719 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3720 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003721 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003722
3723 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3724 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3725 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3726
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003727 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3728 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003729
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003730 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3731 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003732
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003733 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3734 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003735
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003736 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3737 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3738
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003739 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3740 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003741
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003742 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3743 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3744
3745 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3746 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3747 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3748 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3749
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003750 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003751 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3752 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3753 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3754 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3755 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003756
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003757 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3758 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3759 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3760 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3761
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003762 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3763 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3764 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3765 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3766 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3767
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003768- TPL framework
3769 CONFIG_TPL
3770 Enable building of TPL globally.
3771
3772 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3773 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3774 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003775 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3776 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3777 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003778
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003779Modem Support:
3780--------------
3781
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003782[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003783
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003784- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003785 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3786
3787- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3788 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3789
3790- Modem debug support:
3791 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3792
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003793 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3794 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003795
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003796- Interrupt support (PPC):
3797
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003798 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3799 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003800 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003801 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003802 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003803 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003804 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003805 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3806 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3807 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003808
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003809- General:
3810
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003811 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3812 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3813 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003814 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003815 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3816 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3817 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003818
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003819 If there are no modem init strings in the
3820 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3821 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003822 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003823
3824 See also: doc/README.Modem
3825
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003826Board initialization settings:
3827------------------------------
3828
3829During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3830to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3831before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3832following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3833architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3834typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3835
3836- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3837- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3838- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3839- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003840
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003841Configuration Settings:
3842-----------------------
3843
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003844- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3845 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3846
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003847- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003848 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3849
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003850- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3851 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3852
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003853- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003854 prompt for user input.
3855
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003856- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003857
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003858- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003859
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003860- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003861
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003862- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003863 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3864 booted
3865
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003866- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003867 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3868
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003869- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003870 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003871
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003872- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003873 If the board specific function
3874 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3875 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003876 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3877
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003878- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003879 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003880
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003881- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003882 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3883
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003884- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003885 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3886 simple memory test.
3887
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003888- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003889 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003890
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003891- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003892 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3893 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3894
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003895- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3896 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003897 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003898 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003899 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3900 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3901 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003902 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003903 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003904 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003905
3906 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3907 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3908 be touched.
3909
3910 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3911 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3912 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3913 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3914 problems.
3915
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003916- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003917 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3918
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003919- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003920 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3921
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003922- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003923 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3924 Cogent motherboard)
3925
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003926- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003927 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3928
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003929- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003930 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3931 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003932 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003933 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003934
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003935- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003936 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3937 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3938 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3939 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003940
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003941- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003942 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3943
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003944- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
3945 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
3946 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
3947 will become available before relocation. The address is just
3948 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
3949 space.
3950
3951 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
3952 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
3953 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003954 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003955 U-Boot relocates itself.
3956
Simon Glasse7b14e92014-09-15 06:33:18 -06003957 Pre-relocation malloc() is only supported on ARM and sandbox
Simon Glass29afe9e2014-07-10 22:23:31 -06003958 at present but is fairly easy to enable for other archs.
3959
Simon Glass38687ae2014-11-10 17:16:54 -07003960- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
3961 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
3962 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
3963 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
3964
Thierry Reding1dfdd9b2014-12-09 22:25:22 -07003965- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
3966 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
3967 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
3968 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
3969 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
3970 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
3971 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
3972 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
3973 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
3974 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
3975 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
3976 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
3977 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
3978 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
3979 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
3980 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
3981
3982 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
3983
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003984- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003985 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3986 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003987 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003988 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3989
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003990- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003991 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3992 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003993 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3994 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003995 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003996 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003997 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003998 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3999 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
4000 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004001
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06004002- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
4003 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
4004 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
4005 is enabled.
4006
4007- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
4008 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
4009 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
4010
4011- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
4012 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
4013 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
4014
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004015- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004016 Max number of Flash memory banks
4017
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004018- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004019 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
4020
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004021- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004022 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
4023
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004024- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004025 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
4026
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004027- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00004028 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
4029
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004030- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00004031 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
4032
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004033- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00004034 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
4035 instead of U-Boot software protection.
4036
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004037- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004038
4039 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
4040 without this option such a download has to be
4041 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
4042 copy from RAM to flash.
4043
4044 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
4045 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004046 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
4047 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004048 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
4049
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004050- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004051 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00004052 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
4053
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02004054- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00004055 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
4056 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004057
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01004058- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
4059 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
4060 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
4061 to the MTD layer.
4062
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004063- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02004064 Use buffered writes to flash.
4065
4066- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
4067 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
4068 write commands.
4069
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004070- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01004071 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
4072 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
4073 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
4074 optionally available.
4075
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05004076- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
4077 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
4078 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
4079 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
4080
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02004081- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
4082 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
4083 against the source after the write operation. An error message
4084 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
4085 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
4086 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
4087 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
4088 this option if you really know what you are doing.
4089
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004090- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004091 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
4092 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00004093 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
4094 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004095 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00004096 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
4097
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02004098- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
4099
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02004100 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
4101 internally to store the environment settings. The default
4102 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
4103 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
4104 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02004105
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004106- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4107- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04004108 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004109 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
4110 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
4111 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
4112
4113 The format of the list is:
4114 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004115 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
4116 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004117 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
4118 list = entry[,list]
4119
4120 The type attributes are:
4121 s - String (default)
4122 d - Decimal
4123 x - Hexadecimal
4124 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
4125 i - IP address
4126 m - MAC address
4127
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06004128 The access attributes are:
4129 a - Any (default)
4130 r - Read-only
4131 o - Write-once
4132 c - Change-default
4133
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004134 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4135 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004136 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004137
4138 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
4139 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
4140 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
4141 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
4142 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
4143 ".flags" variable.
4144
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05004145 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
4146 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same
4147 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable.
4148
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06004149- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
4150 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
4151 access flags.
4152
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00004153- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
4154 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
4155 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
4156 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
4157 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
4158 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
Masahiro Yamada0a12e682015-03-19 19:42:51 +09004159 must support it (i.e. must select HAVE_GENERIC_BOARD in arch/Kconfig).
4160 If you find problems enabling this option on your board please report
4161 the problem and send patches!
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00004162
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00004163- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
4164 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
4165 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004166 the value can be calculated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00004167
Gabe Black0d296cc2014-10-15 04:38:30 -06004168- CONFIG_USE_STDINT
4169 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
4170 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
4171 building U-Boot to enable this.
4172
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004173The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
4174of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
4175following configurations:
4176
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00004177- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
4178
4179 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
4180 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
4181
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02004182- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004183
4184 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
4185
4186 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
4187 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
4188 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
4189 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
4190 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
4191 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
4192 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
4193 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
4194 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
4195 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
4196 between U-Boot and the environment.
4197
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004198 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004199
4200 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
4201 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
4202 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
4203 for this sector is given here.
4204
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004205 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004206
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004207 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004208
4209 This is just another way to specify the start address of
4210 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004211 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004212
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004213 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004214
4215 Size of the sector containing the environment.
4216
4217
4218 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
4219 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
4220 the environment.
4221
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004222 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004223
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02004224 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004225 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004226 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
4227 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
4228
4229 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
4230 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
4231 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
4232 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
4233 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
4234 updating the environment in flash makes it always
4235 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
4236 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
4237 RAM, your target system will be dead.
4238
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004239 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
4240 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004241
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004242 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004243 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00004244 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004245 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004246
4247BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
4248source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
4249accordingly!
4250
4251
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02004252- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004253
4254 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
4255 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
4256 environment.
4257
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004258 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4259 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004260
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004261 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004262 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
4263 can just be read and written to, without any special
4264 provision.
4265
4266BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004267in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004268console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004269U-Boot will hang.
4270
4271Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
4272environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
4273keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
4274to save the current settings.
4275
4276
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02004277- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004278
4279 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
4280 device and a driver for it.
4281
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004282 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4283 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004284
4285 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4286 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
4287
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004288 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004289 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
4290 The default address is zero.
4291
Christian Gmeiner189d2572015-02-11 15:19:31 +01004292 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS:
4293 If defined, specified the i2c bus of the EEPROM device.
4294
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004295 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004296 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
4297 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
4298 would require six bits.
4299
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004300 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004301 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00004302 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004303
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004304 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004305 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
4306 that this is NOT the chip address length!
4307
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004308 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004309 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
4310 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
4311 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
4312 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
4313 byte chips.
4314
4315 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
4316 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
4317 in the chip address.
4318
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004319 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004320 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
4321
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004322 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
4323 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
4324 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
4325
4326 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
4327 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
4328 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
4329 EEPROM. For example:
4330
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01004331 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004332
4333 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
4334 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004335
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004336- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004337
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00004338 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004339 want to use for the environment.
4340
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004341 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4342 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4343 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004344
4345 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
4346 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
4347 at the specified address.
4348
Wu, Joshbd83b592014-07-01 19:30:13 +08004349- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
4350
4351 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
4352 want to use for the environment.
4353
4354 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4355 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4356
4357 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4358 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4359 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4360
4361 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
4362
4363 Define the SPI flash's sector size.
4364
4365 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4366
4367 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
4368 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4369 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
4370 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
4371 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4372
4373 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
4374 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
4375
4376 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
4377
4378 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
4379
4380 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
4381
4382 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
4383
4384 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
4385
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004386- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
4387
4388 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
4389 want to use for the local device's environment.
4390
4391 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4392 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4393
4394 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
4395 environment area within the remote memory space. The
4396 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004397 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004398
4399BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
4400"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004401environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
4402but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004403
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004404- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004405
4406 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
4407 for the environment.
4408
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004409 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4410 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004411
4412 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004413 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4414 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004415
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004416 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004417
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004418 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004419 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4420 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004421 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004422 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004423
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004424 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4425
4426 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4427 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4428 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4429 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4430 the range to be avoided.
4431
4432 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
4433
4434 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4435 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4436 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4437 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4438 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004439
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02004440- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4441
4442 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4443 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4444 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4445
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004446- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4447
4448 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4449 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4450 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4451
4452 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4453
4454 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4455
4456 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4457
4458 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4459 environment in.
4460
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00004461 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4462
4463 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4464 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4465 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4466
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004467 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4468 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4469
4470 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4471 when storing the env in UBI.
4472
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004473- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
4474 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
4475
4476 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
4477
4478 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
4479
4480 - FAT_ENV_DEV_AND_PART:
4481
4482 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
4483 be as following:
4484
4485 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
4486 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
4487 partition table.
4488 - "D:0": device D.
4489 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
4490 table, or the whole device D if has no partition
4491 table.
4492 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004493 If none, first valid partition in device D. If no
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004494 partition table then means device D.
4495
4496 - FAT_ENV_FILE:
4497
4498 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004499 environment.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004500
4501 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004502 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the environment file.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004503
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004504- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4505
4506 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4507 environment.
4508
4509 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4510
4511 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4512
4513 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4514
4515 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4516 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4517 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4518
4519 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4520 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4521
4522 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4523 area within the specified MMC device.
4524
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004525 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4526 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4527 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4528 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4529 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4530 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4531 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4532
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004533 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4534 MMC sector boundary.
4535
4536 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4537
4538 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4539 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4540 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4541 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4542
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004543 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4544 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4545
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004546 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4547 an MMC sector boundary.
4548
4549 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4550
4551 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4552 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4553 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4554
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004555- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004556
4557 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4558 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4559 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4560 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4561 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4562 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4563 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4564
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004565Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004566has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004567created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004568until then to read environment variables.
4569
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004570The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4571is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4572with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4573necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4574"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4575have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004576
4577Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4578the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004579use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004580
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004581- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004582 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004583
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004584 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004585 also needs to be defined.
4586
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004587- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004588 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004589
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004590- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4591 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4592 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4593 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4594 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4595 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4596
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004597- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4598 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4599 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4600 to do this.
4601
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004602- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4603 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4604 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4605 present.
4606
Sascha Silbefeb85802013-08-11 16:40:43 +02004607- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
4608 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
4609 build system checks that the actual size does not
4610 exceed it.
4611
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004612Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004613---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004614
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004615- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004616 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4617
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004618- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004619 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004620
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004621 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4622 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4623 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004624
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004625- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4626 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4627 PowerPC SOCs.
4628
4629- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4630 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4631 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4632
4633 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4634 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4635
4636- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4637 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4638 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004639 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004640 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4641 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4642 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4643
4644 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4645 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4646
4647- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004648 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4649 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004650 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4651 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4652
4653- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4654 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4655 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4656 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4657
4658- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4659 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4660 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4661
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004662- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004663 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004664
4665 the default drive number (default value 0)
4666
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004667 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004668
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004669 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004670 (default value 1)
4671
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004672 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004673
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004674 defines the offset of register from address. It
4675 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004676 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004677
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004678 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4679 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004680 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004681
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004682 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004683 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4684 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004685 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004686 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004687
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004688- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4689 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4690 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4691 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4692 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4693 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004694 is required.
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004695
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004696- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004697 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004698 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004699
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004700- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004701
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004702 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004703 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4704 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4705 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4706 will become available only after programming the
4707 memory controller and running certain initialization
4708 sequences.
4709
4710 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4711 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4712 - MPC824X: data cache
4713 - PPC4xx: data cache
4714
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004715- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004716
4717 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004718 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4719 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004720 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004721 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004722 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4723 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4724 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004725
4726 Note:
4727 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4728 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004729 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004730 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4731 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4732
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004733- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004734
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004735- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004736
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004737- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004738
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004739- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004740
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004741- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004742
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004743- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004744
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004745- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004746 SDRAM timing
4747
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004748- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004749 periodic timer for refresh
4750
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004751- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004752
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004753- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4754 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4755 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4756 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004757 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4758
4759- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004760 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4761 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004762 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4763
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004764- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4765 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004766 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4767 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4768
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004769- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004770 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4771 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4772
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004773- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004774 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4775 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4776
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004777- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004778 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4779 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4780
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004781- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004782 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4783 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4784 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4785
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004786- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004787 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4788 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4789 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4790 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004791
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004792- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4793 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4794 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4795 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4796 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4797 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4798 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4799 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004800 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004801
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004802- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4803 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4804 required.
4805
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004806- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004807 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004808 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4809 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4810 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4811 by coreboot or similar.
4812
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004813- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4814 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4815
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004816- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4817 Chip has SRIO or not
4818
4819- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4820 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4821
4822- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4823 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4824
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004825- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4826 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4827
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004828- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4829 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4830
4831- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4832 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4833
4834- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4835 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4836
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004837- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4838 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4839 a 16 bit bus.
4840 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004841 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004842 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004843 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004844
4845- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4846 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4847 a default value will be used.
4848
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004849- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004850 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4851 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4852
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004853 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4854 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4855
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004856- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004857 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4858 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4859 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004860
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004861- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4862 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4863 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4864 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4865 header files or board specific files.
4866
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004867- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4868 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4869
York Sune32d59a2015-01-06 13:18:55 -08004870- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
4871 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
4872
York Sun4516ff82015-03-19 09:30:28 -07004873- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST
4874 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers.
4875
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004876- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004877 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4878 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004879
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004880- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4881 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4882
4883- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4884 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004885 to the given FEC; i. e.
4886 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004887 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4888
4889 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4890
4891- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4892 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4893 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4894
4895- CONFIG_RMII
4896 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4897 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4898 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4899
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004900- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4901 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4902 The syntax is:
4903
4904 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4905
4906 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4907 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4908 area should have.
4909
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004910- CONFIG_LOOPW
4911 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004912 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004913
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004914- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4915 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4916 "md/mw" commands.
4917 Examples:
4918
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004919 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004920 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4921
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004922 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004923 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4924
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004925 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004926 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004927
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004928- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004929 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004930 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4931 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4932 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004933
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004934 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4935 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4936 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4937 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004938
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004939- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004940 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4941 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4942 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004943
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004944- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4945 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4946 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4947 It is loaded by the SPL.
4948
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004949- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4950 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4951 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4952 previous 4k of the .text section.
4953
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004954- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4955 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4956 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4957 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4958 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4959 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4960 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4961 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4962
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004963- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4964 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4965 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4966 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4967 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4968
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004969- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4970 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4971 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004972
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004973- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4974 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4975
4976 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004977
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004978- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4979 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4980
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04004981- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4982 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4983 driver that uses this:
4984 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4985
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004986Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4987-----------------------------------
4988
4989The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4990loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4991This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4992are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4993within that device.
4994
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08004995- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4996 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4997 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4998 is also specified.
4999
5000- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
5001 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06005002 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
5003 is also specified.
5004
5005- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
5006 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
5007 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
5008 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
5009 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
5010
5011- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
5012 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
5013 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
5014 virtual address in NOR flash.
5015
5016- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
5017 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
5018 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
5019
5020- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
5021 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
5022 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
5023
5024- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
5025 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
5026 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
5027
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00005028- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
5029 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
5030 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00005031 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
5032 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
5033 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06005034
J. German Riverab940ca62014-06-23 15:15:55 -07005035Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
5036---------------------------------------------------------
5037The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
5038"firmware".
5039This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
5040are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
5041within that device.
5042
5043- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
5044 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
5045
5046- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR
5047 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
5048 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_xxx macro
5049 is also specified.
5050
5051- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_LENGTH
5052 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
5053 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
5054 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
5055 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
5056
5057- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_NOR
5058 Specifies that MC firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
5059 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR is the
5060 virtual address in NOR flash.
5061
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005062Building the Software:
5063======================
5064
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005065Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
5066and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
5067all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
5068(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
5069recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
5070which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005071
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005072If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
5073have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
5074you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
5075Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
5076necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005077
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005078 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
5079 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005080
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05005081Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
5082 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
5083 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
5084 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
5085
5086 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
5087
5088 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
5089 be executed on computers running Windows.
5090
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005091U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
5092sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005093is done by typing:
5094
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005095 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005096
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005097where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00005098rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00005099
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005100Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
5101 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
5102 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
5103 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005104 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005105
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005106 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005107 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005108
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005109 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005110 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005111
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005112 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005113
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005114
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005115Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
5116images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005117
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005118- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
5119- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
5120- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005121
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005122By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
5123in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
5124this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
5125
51261. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
5127
5128 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005129 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005130 make O=/tmp/build all
5131
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +020051322. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005133
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02005134 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005135 make distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005136 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005137 make all
5138
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02005139Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005140variable.
5141
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005142
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005143Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
5144for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
5145native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005146
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005147
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005148If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
5149to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
5150steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005151
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000051521. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00005153 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
5154 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000051552. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
5156 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
5157 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
51583. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
5159 your board
51603. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
5161 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +020051624. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000051635. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
5164 to be installed on your target system.
51656. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
5166 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005167
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005168
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005169Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
5170==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005171
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005172If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
5173or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005174provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
5175the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005176official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005177
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005178But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
5179cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005180the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
5181just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005182for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
5183select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
5184environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
5185you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005186
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005187 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005188
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005189or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005190
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005191 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005192
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005193When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
5194U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
5195setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
5196built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
5197<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
5198location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
5199variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005200
5201 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
5202 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
5203 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
5204
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005205With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
5206log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
5207during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005208
5209
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005210See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005211
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005212
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005213Monitor Commands - Overview:
5214============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005215
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005216go - start application at address 'addr'
5217run - run commands in an environment variable
5218bootm - boot application image from memory
5219bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005220bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005221tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
5222 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
5223 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00005224tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005225rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
5226diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
5227loads - load S-Record file over serial line
5228loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
5229md - memory display
5230mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
5231nm - memory modify (constant address)
5232mw - memory write (fill)
5233cp - memory copy
5234cmp - memory compare
5235crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05005236i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005237sspi - SPI utility commands
5238base - print or set address offset
5239printenv- print environment variables
5240setenv - set environment variables
5241saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
5242protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
5243erase - erase FLASH memory
5244flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00005245nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005246bdinfo - print Board Info structure
5247iminfo - print header information for application image
5248coninfo - print console devices and informations
5249ide - IDE sub-system
5250loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00005251loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005252mtest - simple RAM test
5253icache - enable or disable instruction cache
5254dcache - enable or disable data cache
5255reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
5256echo - echo args to console
5257version - print monitor version
5258help - print online help
5259? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005261
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005262Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
5263========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005264
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005265TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005266
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005267For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005268
5269
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005270Environment Variables:
5271======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005272
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005273U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
5274can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005275
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005276Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
5277"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
5278without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
5279environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
5280working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
5281environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005282
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005283Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
5284
5285List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005286
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005287 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005288
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005289 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005290
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005291 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005292
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005293 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005294
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005295 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005296
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005297 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5298 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5299 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
5300 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
5301 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
5302 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005303 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
5304 bootm_mapsize.
5305
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005306 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005307 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
5308 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
5309 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
5310 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
5311 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
5312 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005313
5314 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5315 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5316 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
5317 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
5318 environment variable.
5319
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02005320 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
5321 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
5322 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
5323
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005324 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
5325 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
5326 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
5327 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005328
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005329 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
5330 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
5331 be automatically started (by internally calling
5332 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005333
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005334 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
5335 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
5336 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
5337 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
5338 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005339
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005340 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
5341 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00005342 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
5343 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
5344 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
5345 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
5346 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
5347 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
5348 access it during the boot procedure.
5349
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005350 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
5351 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
5352 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
5353 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
5354 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
5355 must be accessible by the kernel.
5356
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00005357 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
5358 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
5359 defined.
5360
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00005361 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
5362 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
5363 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
5364 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
5365 it must be saved and board must be reset.
5366
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005367 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
5368 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
5369 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
5370 is usually what you want since it allows for
5371 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
5372 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005373 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005374 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
5375 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
5376 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
5377 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005378
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005379 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
5380 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
5381 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
5382 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
5383 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
5384 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005385
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005386 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005387
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005388 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
5389 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
5390 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
5391 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
5392 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
5393 boot time on your system, but requires that this
5394 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00005395
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005396 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005397
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005398 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
5399 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005400
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005401 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005402
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005403 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00005404
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005405 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005406
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005407 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005408
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005409 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005410
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005411 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005412
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005413 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
5414 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005415
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02005416 => setenv ethact FEC
5417 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
5418 => setenv ethact SCC
5419 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005420
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01005421 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
5422 available network interfaces.
5423 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
5424
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005425 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005426 either succeed or fail without retrying.
5427 When set to "once" the network operation will
5428 fail when all the available network interfaces
5429 are tried once without success.
5430 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
5431 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005432
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01005433 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01005434
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005435 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07005436 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
5437 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
5438 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
5439 is silent.
5440
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005441 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02005442 UDP source port.
5443
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005444 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
5445 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
5446
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005447 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
5448 we use the TFTP server's default block size
5449
5450 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
5451 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
5452 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
5453 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
5454 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
5455 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
5456 with unreliable TFTP servers.
5457
5458 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005459 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005460 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005461
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005462The following image location variables contain the location of images
5463used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
5464not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
5465variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
5466server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
5467loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
5468flash or offset in NAND flash.
5469
5470*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
Fabio Estevamaed9fed2015-04-25 18:53:10 -03005471boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005472boards use these variables for other purposes.
5473
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005474Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5475----- --------- ----------- --------------
5476u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5477Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5478device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5479ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005480
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005481The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5482updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5483depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005484
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005485 bootfile - see above
5486 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5487 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5488 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5489 hostname - Target hostname
5490 ipaddr - see above
5491 netmask - Subnet Mask
5492 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5493 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005494
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005495
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005496There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005497
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005498 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5499 as type string and/or serial number
5500 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005501
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005502These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5503the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5504once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005505
5506
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005507Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005508
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005509 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5510 with the "version" command. This variable is
5511 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005512
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005513
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005514Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5515only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005516
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005517
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005518Callback functions for environment variables:
5519---------------------------------------------
5520
5521For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005522when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005523be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5524deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5525effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5526
5527The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5528U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5529
5530These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5531static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5532in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5533associations. The list must be in the following format:
5534
5535 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5536 list = entry[,list]
5537
5538If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5539Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5540
5541Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5542with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5543override any association in the static list. You can define
5544CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005545".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005546
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05005547If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
5548regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to
5549the same callback without explicitly listing them all out.
5550
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005551
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005552Command Line Parsing:
5553=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005554
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005555There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5556the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005557
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005558Old, simple command line parser:
5559--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005560
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005561- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5562- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005563- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005564- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5565 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005566 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005567- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5568 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005569
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005570Hush shell:
5571-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005572
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005573- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5574 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5575 until...do...done, ...
5576- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5577 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5578 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5579 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005580
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005581General rules:
5582--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005583
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005584(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5585 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5586 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5587 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005588
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005589(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005590 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005591 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5592 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005593
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005594Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5595=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005596
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005597Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005598such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5599"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005600
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005601Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5602MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5603"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005604
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005605If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5606in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5607ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5608variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005609
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005610o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5611 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005612
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005613o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5614 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5615 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005616
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005617o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5618 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005619
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005620o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5621 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5622 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005623
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005624o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
Joe Hershbergerbef10142015-05-04 14:55:13 -05005625 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case
5626 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005627
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005628If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005629will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005630may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5631The naming convention is as follows:
5632"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005633
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005634Image Formats:
5635==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005636
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005637U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5638images in two formats:
5639
5640New uImage format (FIT)
5641-----------------------
5642
5643Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5644to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5645components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5646SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5647
5648
5649Old uImage format
5650-----------------
5651
5652Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5653preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5654details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005655
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005656* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5657 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005658 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5659 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5660 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005661* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005662 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5663 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005664* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5665* Load Address
5666* Entry Point
5667* Image Name
5668* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005669
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005670The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5671and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5672CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005673
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005674
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005675Linux Support:
5676==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005677
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005678Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5679easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5680U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005681
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005682U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5683special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5684"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5685instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5686serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005687
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005688- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5689 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5690 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005691
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005692- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5693 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005694
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005695- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5696 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5697 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5698 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5699 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5700 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005701
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005702
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005703Linux HOWTO:
5704============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005705
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005706Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5707---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005708
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005709U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5710configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5711(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5712Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005713
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005714But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005715
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005716Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5717include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005718Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5719and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005720as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005721
Simon Glass2eb31b12014-06-11 23:29:46 -06005722Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
5723If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
5724is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
5725doc/driver-model.
5726
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005727
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005728Configuring the Linux kernel:
5729-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005730
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005731No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5732device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005733
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005734
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005735Building a Linux Image:
5736-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005737
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005738With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5739not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5740"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5741U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5742which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5743100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005744
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005745Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005746
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005747 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005748 make oldconfig
5749 make dep
5750 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005751
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005752The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5753encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5754CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005755
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005756* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005757
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005758* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005759
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005760 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5761 -R .note -R .comment \
5762 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005763
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005764* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005765
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005766 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005767
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005768* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005769
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005770 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5771 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5772 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005773
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005774
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005775The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5776with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5777combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5778byte header containing information about target architecture,
5779operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5780stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005781
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005782"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5783print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005784
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005785In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5786contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5787checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005788
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005789 tools/mkimage -l image
5790 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005791
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005792The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5793from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005794
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005795 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5796 -n name -d data_file image
5797 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5798 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5799 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5800 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5801 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5802 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5803 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5804 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005805
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005806Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5807address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5808kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005809
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005810- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5811- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005812
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005813So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005814
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005815 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5816 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005817 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005818 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5819 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5820 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5821 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5822 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5823 Load Address: 0x00000000
5824 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005825
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005826To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005827
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005828 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5829 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5830 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5831 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5832 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5833 Load Address: 0x00000000
5834 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005835
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005836NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5837speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5838needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5839need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005840
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005841 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005842 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5843 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005844 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005845 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5846 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5847 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5848 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5849 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5850 Load Address: 0x00000000
5851 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005852
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005853
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005854Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5855when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005856
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005857 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5858 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5859 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5860 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5861 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5862 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5863 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5864 Load Address: 0x00000000
5865 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005866
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005867The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5868option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5869option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5870from the image:
5871
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraf41f5b72015-01-15 02:54:40 -02005872 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
5873 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
5874 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5875 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005876
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005877
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005878Installing a Linux Image:
5879-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005880
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005881To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5882you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005883
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005884 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005885
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005886The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5887image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5888address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5889specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5890command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005891
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005892Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5893TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005894
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005895 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005896
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005897 .......... done
5898 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005899
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005900 => loads 40100000
5901 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5902 ~>examples/image.srec
5903 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5904 ...
5905 15989 15990 15991 15992
5906 [file transfer complete]
5907 [connected]
5908 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005909
5910
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005911You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005912this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005913corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005914
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005915 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005916
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005917 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5918 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5919 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5920 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5921 Load Address: 00000000
5922 Entry Point: 0000000c
5923 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005924
5925
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005926Boot Linux:
5927-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005928
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005929The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5930memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5931of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5932parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5933"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005934
5935
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005936 => printenv bootargs
5937 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005938
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005939 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005940
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005941 => printenv bootargs
5942 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005943
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005944 => bootm 40020000
5945 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5946 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5947 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5948 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5949 Load Address: 00000000
5950 Entry Point: 0000000c
5951 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5952 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5953 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5954 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5955 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5956 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5957 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5958 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005959
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005960If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005961the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5962format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005963
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005964 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005965
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005966 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5967 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5968 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5969 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5970 Load Address: 00000000
5971 Entry Point: 0000000c
5972 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005973
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005974 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5975 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5976 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5977 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5978 Load Address: 00000000
5979 Entry Point: 00000000
5980 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005981
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005982 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5983 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5984 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5985 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5986 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5987 Load Address: 00000000
5988 Entry Point: 0000000c
5989 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5990 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5991 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5992 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5993 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5994 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5995 Load Address: 00000000
5996 Entry Point: 00000000
5997 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5998 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5999 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
6000 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
6001 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
6002 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
6003 ...
6004 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
6005 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006006
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006007 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006008
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05006009Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
6010-----------
6011
6012First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
6013titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
6014following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
6015flat device tree:
6016
6017=> print oftaddr
6018oftaddr=0x300000
6019=> print oft
6020oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
6021=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
6022Speed: 1000, full duplex
6023Using TSEC0 device
6024TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
6025Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
6026Load address: 0x300000
6027Loading: #
6028done
6029Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
6030=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
6031Speed: 1000, full duplex
6032Using TSEC0 device
6033TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
6034Filename 'uImage'.
6035Load address: 0x200000
6036Loading:############
6037done
6038Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
6039=> print loadaddr
6040loadaddr=200000
6041=> print oftaddr
6042oftaddr=0x300000
6043=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
6044## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01006045 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
6046 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
6047 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05006048 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01006049 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05006050 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6051 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
6052Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
6053Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
6054Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
6055[snip]
6056
6057
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006058More About U-Boot Image Types:
6059------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006060
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006061U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006062
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006063 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
6064 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
6065 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
6066 the Standalone Program.
6067 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
6068 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
6069 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
6070 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
6071 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
6072 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
6073 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
6074 being started.
6075 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
6076 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
6077 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
6078 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
6079 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
6080 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006081
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006082 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
6083 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
6084 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
6085 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
6086 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
6087 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006088
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006089 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
6090 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
6091 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006092
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006093 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
6094 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
6095 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
6096 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006097
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00006098Booting the Linux zImage:
6099-------------------------
6100
6101On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
6102using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
6103as the syntax of "bootm" command.
6104
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04006105Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00006106kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
6107address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
6108format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
6109
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006110
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006111Standalone HOWTO:
6112=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006113
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006114One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
6115run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
6116U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006117
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006118Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006119
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006120"Hello World" Demo:
6121-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006122
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006123'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
6124application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
6125It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
6126like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006127
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006128 => loads
6129 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6130 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
6131 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6132 [file transfer complete]
6133 [connected]
6134 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006135
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006136 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
6137 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6138 Hello World
6139 argc = 7
6140 argv[0] = "40004"
6141 argv[1] = "Hello"
6142 argv[2] = "World!"
6143 argv[3] = "This"
6144 argv[4] = "is"
6145 argv[5] = "a"
6146 argv[6] = "test."
6147 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
6148 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006149
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006150 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006151
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006152Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
6153handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
6154Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
6155The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
6156character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
6157controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006158
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006159 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
6160 b - enable interrupts and start timer
6161 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
6162 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006163
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006164 => loads
6165 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6166 ~>examples/timer.srec
6167 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6168 [file transfer complete]
6169 [connected]
6170 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006171
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006172 => go 40004
6173 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6174 TIMERS=0xfff00980
6175 Using timer 1
6176 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006177
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006178Hit 'b':
6179 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
6180 Enabling timer
6181Hit '?':
6182 [q, b, e, ?] ........
6183 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
6184Hit '?':
6185 [q, b, e, ?] .
6186 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
6187Hit '?':
6188 [q, b, e, ?] .
6189 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
6190Hit '?':
6191 [q, b, e, ?] .
6192 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
6193Hit 'e':
6194 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
6195Hit 'q':
6196 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006197
6198
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006199Minicom warning:
6200================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00006201
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006202Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
6203"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
6204consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
6205Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
6206especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00006207use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
6208http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
6209for help with kermit.
6210
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00006211
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006212Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
6213configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006214
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006215 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
6216 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
6217 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006218
6219
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006220NetBSD Notes:
6221=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006222
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006223Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
6224(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006225
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006226Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
6227NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
6228need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
6229Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
6230attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
6231missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006232
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006233 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
6234 # mkdir powerpc
6235 # ln -s powerpc machine
6236 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
6237 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006238
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006239Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
6240and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006241
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006242Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
6243stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
6244proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
6245tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00006246meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006247
6248
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006249Implementation Internals:
6250=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006251
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006252The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
6253implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
6254inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
6255hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006256
6257
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006258Initial Stack, Global Data:
6259---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006260
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006261The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
6262starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
6263system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
6264This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
6265is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
6266at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
6267options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
6268models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
6269MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
6270locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006271
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006272 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006273 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006274
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006275 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
6276 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
6277 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
6278 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006279
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006280 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
6281 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
6282 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
6283 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
6284 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006285 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006286 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
6287 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006288
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006289 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
6290 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006291 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006292 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
6293 board designers haven't used it for something that would
6294 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
6295 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006296
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006297 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006298 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
6299 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02006300 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006301 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
6302 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
6303 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
6304 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
6305 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006306
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006307 -Chris Hallinan
6308 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006309
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006310It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
6311code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006312
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006313* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
6314 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006315
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006316* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006317 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
6318 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006319
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006320* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
6321 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006322
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006323Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006324normal global data to share information between the code. But it
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006325turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
6326simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
6327functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
6328functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
6329the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
6330place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
6331reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006332
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006333When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
6334relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
6335GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006336
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006337For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
6338 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006339 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006340 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
6341 R5-R10: parameter passing
6342 R13: small data area pointer
6343 R30: GOT pointer
6344 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006345
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01006346 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
6347 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
6348 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006349
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006350 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006351
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006352 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
6353 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
6354 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
6355 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
6356 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
6357 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006358
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006359On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006360 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
6361
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006362 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006363
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006364On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006365
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006366 R0: function argument word/integer result
6367 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006368 R9: platform specific
6369 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006370 R11: argument (frame) pointer
6371 R12: temporary workspace
6372 R13: stack pointer
6373 R14: link register
6374 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006375
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006376 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
6377
6378 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006379
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08006380On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
6381 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
6382
6383 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
6384
6385 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
6386 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
6387
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00006388On NDS32, the following registers are used:
6389
6390 R0-R1: argument/return
6391 R2-R5: argument
6392 R15: temporary register for assembler
6393 R16: trampoline register
6394 R28: frame pointer (FP)
6395 R29: global pointer (GP)
6396 R30: link register (LP)
6397 R31: stack pointer (SP)
6398 PC: program counter (PC)
6399
6400 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
6401
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02006402NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
6403or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006404
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006405Memory Management:
6406------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006407
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006408U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
6409MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006410
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006411The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
6412controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
6413memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
6414physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006415
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006416U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
6417TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
6418booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
6419to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006420memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006421configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
6422Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006423
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006424Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
6425of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006426
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006427So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
6428this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006429
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006430 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
6431 :
6432 0x0000 1FFF
6433 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
6434 :
6435 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006436
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006437 :
6438 :
6439 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
6440 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
6441 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
6442 :
6443 0x00FD FFFF
6444 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
6445 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
6446 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
6447 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006448
6449
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006450System Initialization:
6451----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006452
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006453In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006454(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006455configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006456To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
6457To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
6458initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
6459which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
6460part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
6461the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006462
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006463Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
6464preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
6465(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
6466on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
6467programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
6468simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
6469banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006470
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006471When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
6472different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
6473bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
64740x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
6475contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006476
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006477Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
6478and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6479Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6480pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006481
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006482Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6483until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6484running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6485new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006486
6487
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006488U-Boot Porting Guide:
6489----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006490
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006491[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6492list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006493
6494
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006495int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006496{
6497 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006498
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006499 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6500 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006501
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006502 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006503 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006504 return 0;
6505 }
6506
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006507 Download latest U-Boot source;
6508
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006509 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006510
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006511 if (clueless)
6512 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006513
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006514 while (learning) {
6515 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006516 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6517 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006518 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006519 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006520 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006521
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006522 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6523 Buy a BDI3000;
6524 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006525 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006526
6527 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6528 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6529 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6530 } else {
6531 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6532 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006533 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006534 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6535 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006536
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006537 while (!accepted) {
6538 while (!running) {
6539 do {
6540 Add / modify source code;
6541 } until (compiles);
6542 Debug;
6543 if (clueless)
6544 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6545 }
6546 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6547 if (reasonable critiques)
6548 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6549 else
6550 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006551 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006552
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006553 return 0;
6554}
6555
6556void no_more_time (int sig)
6557{
6558 hire_a_guru();
6559}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006560
6561
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006562Coding Standards:
6563-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006564
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006565All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006566coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006567"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006568
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006569Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6570MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006571reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006572sources.
6573
6574Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6575Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6576in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006577
6578Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6579- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006580- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006581- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006582- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006583- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6584
6585Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6586with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006587
6588
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006589Submitting Patches:
6590-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006591
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006592Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6593establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6594may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006595
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006596Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006597
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006598Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6599see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6600
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006601When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6602it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006603
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006604* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6605 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6606 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006607
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006608* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6609 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006610
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006611* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6612
6613* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
6614
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006615* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6616 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006617
6618* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6619 document these in the README file.
6620
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006621* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6622 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006623 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006624 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6625 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006626
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006627 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6628 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6629 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006630
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006631 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6632 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6633 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6634 affected files).
6635
6636 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6637 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006638
6639* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6640 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6641
6642* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6643 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6644
6645
6646Notes:
6647
6648* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6649 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6650 for any of the boards.
6651
6652* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6653 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6654 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6655
6656* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6657 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6658 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6659 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6660 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6661 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006662
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006663* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6664 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6665 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6666 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.